document new flash syntax
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
156
157 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
158
159
160 @node Developers
161 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
162 @cindex developers
163
164 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
165 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
166 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
167 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
168
169 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
170 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
171
172 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
173
174 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
175 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
176
177 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
178
179 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
180
181 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
182
183 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
184 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
185 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
186 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
187 needing a GIT client:
188
189 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
190
191 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
192
193 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
194 from the repository or a snapshot.
195
196 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
197 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
198 Patches created against older versions may require additional
199 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
200
201 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
202
203 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
204 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
205 technical information about the software internals, development
206 processes, and similar documentation:
207
208 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
209
210 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
211 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
212 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
213
214 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
215
216 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
217 communication between developers:
218
219 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
220
221 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
222 The @file{PATCHES} file contains basic information about how
223 to prepare patches.
224
225
226 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
227 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
228 @cindex dongles
229 @cindex FTDI
230 @cindex wiggler
231 @cindex zy1000
232 @cindex printer port
233 @cindex USB Adapter
234 @cindex RTCK
235
236 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
237 an adapter .... [snip]
238
239 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
240 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
241 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
242 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
243 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
244 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
245 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
246
247
248 @section Choosing a Dongle
249
250 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
251
252 @enumerate
253 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
254 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
255 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
256 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
257 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
258 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
259 Ethernet port needed?
260 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
261 @end enumerate
262
263 @section Stand alone Systems
264
265 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
266 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
267 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
268 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
269 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
270
271 @section USB FT2232 Based
272
273 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
274 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
275 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
276 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
277 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
278 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
279
280 @itemize @bullet
281 @item @b{usbjtag}
282 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
283 @item @b{jtagkey}
284 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
285 @item @b{jtagkey2}
286 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
287 @item @b{oocdlink}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
289 @item @b{signalyzer}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
291 @item @b{evb_lm3s811}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris LM3S811 eval board has an FTD2232C chip built in.
293 @item @b{luminary_icdi}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board, included in the Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92 Evaluation Kits.
295 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
297 @item @b{flyswatter}
298 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
299 @item @b{turtelizer2}
300 @* See:
301 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
302 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
303 @item @b{comstick}
304 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
305 @item @b{stm32stick}
306 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
307 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
308 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
309 @item @b{cortino}
310 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
311 @end itemize
312
313 @section USB JLINK based
314 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
315 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
316 AT91SAM764 internally.
317
318 @itemize @bullet
319 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
320 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
321 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
323 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
324 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
325 @end itemize
326
327 @section USB RLINK based
328 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
329
330 @itemize @bullet
331 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
332 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
333 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
334 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
335 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
336 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
337 @end itemize
338
339 @section USB Other
340 @itemize @bullet
341 @item @b{USBprog}
342 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
343
344 @item @b{USB - Presto}
345 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
346
347 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
348 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
349
350 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
351 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
352 @end itemize
353
354 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
355
356 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
357 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
358 these on the market.
359
360 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
361 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
362 of USB-based ones.
363
364 @itemize @bullet
365
366 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
367 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
368
369 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
370 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
371 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
372
373 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
374 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
375
376 @item @b{GW16402}
377 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
378
379 @item @b{Wiggler2}
380 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
381 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
382
383 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
384 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
385
386 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
387 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
388
389 @item @b{arm-jtag}
390 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
391
392 @item @b{chameleon}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
394
395 @item @b{Triton}
396 @* Unknown.
397
398 @item @b{Lattice}
399 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
400 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
401
402 @item @b{flashlink}
403 @* From ST Microsystems;
404 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
405 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
406
407 @end itemize
408
409 @section Other...
410 @itemize @bullet
411
412 @item @b{ep93xx}
413 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
414
415 @item @b{at91rm9200}
416 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
417
418 @end itemize
419
420 @node About JIM-Tcl
421 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
422 @cindex JIM Tcl
423 @cindex tcl
424
425 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
426 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
427 command interpreter.
428
429 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
430 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
431 much of anything about Tcl.
432 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
433
434 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
435
436 @itemize @bullet
437 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
438 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
439 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
440 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
441 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
442 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
443
444 @item @b{Missing Features}
445 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
446 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
447
448 @item @b{Scripts}
449 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
450 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
451 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
452
453 @item @b{Commands}
454 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
455 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
456 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
457 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
458
459 @item @b{Historical Note}
460 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
461
462 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
463 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
464 @end itemize
465
466 @node Running
467 @chapter Running
468 @cindex command line options
469 @cindex logfile
470 @cindex directory search
471
472 The @option{--help} option shows:
473 @verbatim
474 bash$ openocd --help
475
476 --help | -h display this help
477 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
478 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
479 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
480 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
481 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
482 --command | -c run <command>
483 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
484 @end verbatim
485
486 By default OpenOCD reads the file configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}
487 in the current directory. To specify a different (or multiple)
488 configuration file, you can use the ``-f'' option. For example:
489
490 @example
491 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
492 @end example
493
494 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
495 on the command line or in @file{openocd.cfg}.
496 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
497 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
498 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
499 ensure that this always succeeds.
500 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
501 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
502 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
503 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
504
505 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
506 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
507 those channels.
508
509 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
510 the ``-d'' option.
511
512 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
513 @option{-c} command line switch.
514
515 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
516 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
517 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
518 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
519 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
520 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
521 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
522
523 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
524 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
525
526 Search paths for config/script files can be added to OpenOCD by using
527 the @option{-s <search>} switch. The current directory and the OpenOCD
528 target library is in the search path by default.
529
530 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
531
532 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
533 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
534 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
535 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
536
537 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
538 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
539
540 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
541 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
542 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
543 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
544 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
545
546 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
547
548 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
549 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
550 and a USB cable on the other.
551 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
552 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
553
554 @enumerate
555 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
556 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
557 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
558 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
559 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
560 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
561 debugging host.
562
563 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
564 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
565 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
566 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
567 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
568
569 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
570 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
571 with 1.2 Volt boards.
572
573 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
574 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
575 ways to connect the cable.
576 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
577 Be sure it's firmly connected.
578
579 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
580 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
581 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
582 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
583 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
584 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
585 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
586 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
587
588 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
589 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
590 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
591 but are tedious to set up.
592 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
593 adapter signals to the right board pins.
594
595 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
596 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
597 you are using to run OpenOCD.
598 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
599
600 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
601 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter?
602
603 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
604 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
605 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
606
607 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
608 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
609 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
610 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
611
612 @end enumerate
613
614 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
615 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
616 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
617
618 @section Project Directory
619
620 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
621
622 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
623 single directory for your work with a given board.
624 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
625 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
626 and for code you upload to the target board.
627 It is also the natural place to write files,
628 such as log files and data you download from the board.
629
630 @section Configuration Basics
631
632 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
633 a variety of ways you can mix them.
634 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
635
636 @itemize
637 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
638 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
639 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
640 @end itemize
641
642 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
643 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
644 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
645
646 @example
647 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
648
649 # GDB can also flash my flash!
650 gdb_memory_map enable
651 gdb_flash_program enable
652
653 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
654 @end example
655
656 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
657
658 @example
659 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
660 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
661 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
662 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
663 @end example
664
665 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
666 each supporting a different development task.
667 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
668 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
669
670 @quotation Important
671 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
672 problems with how it treats variables.
673 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
674 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
675 that can be tested in a later script.
676 @end quotation
677
678 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
679 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
680 to simplify your work.
681
682 @section User Config Files
683 @cindex config file, user
684 @cindex user config file
685 @cindex config file, overview
686
687 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
688 in one place.
689 One of the following will match your situation best:
690
691 @itemize
692 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
693 provided by someone else.
694 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
695 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
696 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
697 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
698 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
699 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
700
701 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
702 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
703
704 @enumerate
705 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
706 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
707 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
708 @end enumerate
709
710 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
711 The first is an interface config file.
712 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
713 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
714 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
715 meet your deadline:
716
717 @example
718 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
719 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
720 @end example
721
722 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
723 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
724 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
725 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
726
727 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
728 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
729 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
730 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
731 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
732 @xref{Autoprobing}.
733
734 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
735 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
736 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
737 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
738
739 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
740 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
741 giving access to your particular flash chips.
742 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
743 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
744
745 @quotation Note
746 When you write new configuration files, please submit
747 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
748 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
749 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
750 will help support users of any board using that chip.
751 @end quotation
752
753 @item
754 You may may need to write some C code.
755 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
756 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
757 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
758 a new chip architecture.
759 @end itemize
760
761 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
762 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
763 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
764
765 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
766 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
767 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
768 @itemize
769
770 @item
771 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
772 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
773 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
774 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
775
776 @item
777 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
778 @cindex vector_catch
779 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
780 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
781 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
782 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
783 along with messaging and tracing setup.
784 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
785
786 @item
787 You might need to override some defaults.
788 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
789 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
790
791 @item
792 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
793 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
794 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
795 @end itemize
796
797 @section Project-Specific Utilities
798
799 A few project-specific utility
800 routines may well speed up your work.
801 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
802
803 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
804 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
805 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
806 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
807 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
808 may help:
809
810 @example
811 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
812 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
813 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
814 # Leave the CPU halted.
815 reset init
816
817 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
818 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
819
820 # Start running.
821 resume 0x20000000
822 @}
823 @end example
824
825 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
826 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
827 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
828 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
829 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
830
831 @example
832 proc newboot @{ @} @{
833 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
834 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
835 # "reset halt" would be slower.
836 reset init
837
838 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
839 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
840 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
841 flash protect 0 0 1 off
842 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
843 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
844 flash protect 0 0 1 on
845
846 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
847 reset run
848 @}
849 @end example
850
851 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
852 from NAND.
853 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
854 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
855 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
856
857 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
858 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
859
860 @section Target Software Changes
861
862 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
863 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
864 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
865 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
866 handling issues like:
867
868 @itemize @bullet
869
870 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
871 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
872 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
873 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
874 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
875
876 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
877 or otherwise prevent using that state,
878 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
879 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
880 work for an idle processor otherwise.
881
882 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
883 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
884 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
885 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
886 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
887
888 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
889 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
890 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
891 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
892 early code execution can be debugged
893 or firmware can be replaced.
894
895 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
896 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
897 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
898 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
899 operations like writing to memory.)
900
901 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
902 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
903 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
904 various kinds of message.
905 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
906
907 @end itemize
908
909 @node Config File Guidelines
910 @chapter Config File Guidelines
911
912 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
913 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
914 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
915 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
916
917 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
918 with files including the ones listed here.
919 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
920 @itemize @bullet
921 @item @file{interface} ...
922 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
923 @example
924 $ ls interface
925 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
926 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
927 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
928 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
929 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
930 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
931 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
932 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
933 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
934 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
935 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
936 $
937 @end example
938 @item @file{board} ...
939 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
940 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
941 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
942 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
943 but support for external parts varies widely. For
944 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
945 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
946 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
947 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
948 a CPU and an FPGA.
949 @example
950 $ ls board
951 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
952 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
953 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
954 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
955 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
956 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
957 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
958 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
959 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
960 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
961 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
962 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
963 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
964 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
965 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
966 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
967 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
968 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
969 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
970 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
971 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
972 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
973 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
974 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
975 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
976 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
977 $
978 @end example
979 @item @file{target} ...
980 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
981 on a chip
982 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
983 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
984 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
985 the target config file defines all of them.
986 @example
987 $ ls target
988 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
989 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
990 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
991 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
992 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
993 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
994 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
995 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
996 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
997 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
998 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
999 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1000 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1001 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1002 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1003 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1004 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1005 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1006 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1007 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1008 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1009 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1010 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1011 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1012 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1013 $
1014 @end example
1015 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1016 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1020 file may override features in any of the above files by
1021 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1022 commands specific to their situation.
1023
1024 @section Interface Config Files
1025
1026 The user config file
1027 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1028
1029 @example
1030 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1031 @end example
1032
1033 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1034 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1035 sole developer who created it.
1036
1037 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1038 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1039 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1040 and need to provide a driver for it.
1041
1042 @section Board Config Files
1043 @cindex config file, board
1044 @cindex board config file
1045
1046 The user config file
1047 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1048
1049 @example
1050 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1051 @end example
1052
1053 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1054 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1055 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1056
1057 @enumerate
1058 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1059 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1060 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1061 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1062 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1063 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1064 @end enumerate
1065
1066 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1067 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1068 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1069 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1070
1071 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1072 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1073 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1074 configuration works.
1075
1076 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1077
1078 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1079 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1080 convention on how to use certain variables.
1081
1082 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1083 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1084 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1085 used at will within a target configuration file.
1086
1087 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1088 for a board with three chips:
1089
1090 @example
1091 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1092 set CHIPNAME network
1093 set ENDIAN big
1094 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1095 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1096 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1097 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1098
1099 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1100 set CHIPNAME video
1101 set ENDIAN little
1102 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1103 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1104 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1105 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1106
1107 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1108 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1109 unset ENDIAN
1110 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1111 @end example
1112
1113 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1114 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1115 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1116 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1117 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1118 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1119 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1120 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1121
1122 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1123 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1124 naming collisions.
1125
1126 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1127 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1128 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1129 up other clocks and peripherals.
1130
1131 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1132 @cindex variable names
1133
1134 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1135 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1136 one such chip (as shown above).
1137 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1138 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1139 to promote consistency and
1140 so that board files can override target defaults.
1141
1142 Inputs to target config files include:
1143
1144 @itemize @bullet
1145 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1146 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1147 tap identifier dotted names.
1148 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1149 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1150 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1151 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1152 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1153 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1154 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1155 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1156 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1157 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1158 @end itemize
1159
1160 Outputs from target config files include:
1161
1162 @itemize @bullet
1163 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1164 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1165 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1166 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1167 specific to that board and that target.
1168 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1169 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1170 @end itemize
1171
1172 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1173 @cindex event, reset-init
1174 @cindex reset-init handler
1175
1176 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1177 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1178 fully set up yet.
1179 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1180 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1181 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1182 handler is one of the most important.
1183
1184 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1185 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1186 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1187 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1188 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1189
1190 @quotation Note
1191 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1192 are included here.
1193 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1194 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1195 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1196 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1197 @end quotation
1198
1199 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1200 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1201 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1202 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1203 those as parameters.
1204 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1205 and disabling the watchdog.
1206 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1207 the next developer doing such work.
1208 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1209
1210 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1211 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1212 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1213 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1214
1215 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1216
1217 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1218 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1219 a low JTAG clock rate.
1220 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1221 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1222 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1223 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1224 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1225 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1226 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1227
1228 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1229 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1230 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1231 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1232 which might be less than that.
1233
1234 @quotation Warning
1235 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1236 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1237 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1238 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1239 @end quotation
1240
1241 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1242 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1243 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1244 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1245 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1246
1247 @section Target Config Files
1248 @cindex config file, target
1249 @cindex target config file
1250
1251 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1252 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1253 more target config files like this:
1254
1255 @example
1256 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1257 @end example
1258
1259 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1260 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1261 In summary the target files should contain
1262
1263 @enumerate
1264 @item Set defaults
1265 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1266 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1267 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1268 @item On-Chip flash
1269 @end enumerate
1270
1271 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1272 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1273 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1274
1275 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1276 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1277 can talk to the chip.
1278 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1279 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1280 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1281 and other processing engines.
1282
1283 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1284
1285 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1286 letting board config files express environment-specific
1287 differences in how things should be set up.
1288
1289 @example
1290 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1291 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1292 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1293 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1294 @} else @{
1295 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1296 @}
1297
1298 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1299 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1300 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1301 @} else @{
1302 set _ENDIAN little
1303 @}
1304
1305 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1306 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1307 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1308 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1309 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1310 @} else @{
1311 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1312 @}
1313 @end example
1314 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1315
1316 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1317 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1318 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1319
1320 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1321 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1322 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1323
1324 @example
1325 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1326 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1327 @end example
1328
1329 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1330 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1331 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1332 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1333 for taps.
1334
1335 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1336 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1337 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1338 looks (in part) like this:
1339
1340 @example
1341 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1342 @end example
1343
1344 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1345 to source such a config file twice, with different
1346 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1347 it adds a different TAP each time.
1348
1349 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1350 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1351 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1352 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1353
1354 @example
1355 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1356 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1357 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1358 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1359 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1360 @end example
1361
1362 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1363 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1364
1365 @itemize
1366 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1367 plus a JRC to enable them
1368 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1369 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1370 is not currently used)
1371 @end itemize
1372
1373 @subsection Add CPU targets
1374
1375 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1376 GDB and other commands can use it.
1377 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1378 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1379 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1380 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1381
1382 @example
1383 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1384 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1385 @end example
1386
1387 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1388 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1389 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1390 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1391 a work area if you can.
1392 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1393
1394 @example
1395 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1396 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1397 @end example
1398
1399 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1400
1401 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1402 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1403 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1404
1405 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1406 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1407 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1408
1409 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1410 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1411 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1412 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1413 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1414 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1415
1416 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1417 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1418 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1419 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1420 slower clock than they will use later.
1421 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1422 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1423 than they will use later.
1424 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1425
1426 @quotation Important
1427 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1428 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1429 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1430 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1431 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1432 @end quotation
1433
1434 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1435
1436 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1437 special high speed download features - enable it.
1438
1439 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1440
1441 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1442 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1443 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1444 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1445 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1446 If you are using an external trace port,
1447 configure it in your board config file.
1448 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1449 configure it in your target config file.
1450
1451 @example
1452 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1453 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1454 @end example
1455
1456 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1457
1458 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1459
1460 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1461 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1462 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1463 the TARGET (chip) file.
1464
1465 Examples:
1466 @itemize @bullet
1467 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1468 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1469 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1470 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1471 @end itemize
1472
1473 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1474 @section Translating Configuration Files
1475 @cindex translation
1476 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1477 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1478 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1479 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1480 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1481 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1482
1483 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1484 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1485 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1486 convert other scripts later on.
1487
1488 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1489 replace job:
1490
1491 @example
1492 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1493 #
1494 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1495 #
1496 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1497 #
1498 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1499
1500 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1501 global TARGETNAME
1502
1503 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1504
1505 mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1506 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1507 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1508 @}
1509 @end example
1510
1511
1512
1513 @node Daemon Configuration
1514 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1515 @cindex initialization
1516 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1517 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1518 supported.
1519
1520 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1521 @section Configuration Stage
1522 @cindex configuration stage
1523 @cindex config command
1524
1525 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1526 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1527 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1528 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1529 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1530 which may be issued interactively.
1531
1532 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1533 flash banks,
1534 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1535 and other basic setup.
1536 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1537 may access or activate TAPs.
1538 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1539 longer be issued.
1540
1541 @section Entering the Run Stage
1542
1543 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1544 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1545 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1546 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1547 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1548 You should see no errors at this point.
1549 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1550 commands you used to configure the server.
1551 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1552 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1553 on the scan chain.
1554
1555 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1556 become available.
1557 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1558 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1559 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1560 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1561 entry to the run stage.
1562
1563 @deffn {Config Command} init
1564 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1565 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1566 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1567 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1568 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1569 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1570
1571 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1572 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1573 configuration files and/or command line options.
1574
1575 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1576 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1577 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1578 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1579 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1580 @end deffn
1581
1582 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1583 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1584 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1585
1586 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1587 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1588 scan chain.
1589 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1590 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1591
1592 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1593 they return.
1594 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1595 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1596 @end deffn
1597
1598 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1599 @section TCP/IP Ports
1600 @cindex TCP port
1601 @cindex server
1602 @cindex port
1603 @cindex security
1604 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1605 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1606 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1607
1608 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1609 access using one or more of these ports.
1610 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1611 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1612 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1613
1614 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1615 @cindex GDB server
1616 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1617 The GDB port for the
1618 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1619 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1620 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1621 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1622 @end deffn
1623
1624 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1625 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1626 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1627 output from the Tcl engine.
1628 Intended as a machine interface.
1629 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1630 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1631 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1632 @end deffn
1633
1634 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1635 Specify or query the
1636 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1637 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1638 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1639 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1640 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1641 @end deffn
1642
1643 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1644 @section GDB Configuration
1645 @cindex GDB
1646 @cindex GDB configuration
1647 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1648 The ones listed here are static and global.
1649 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1650 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1651
1652 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1653 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1654 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1655 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1656 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1657 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1658 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1659 @end deffn
1660
1661 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1662 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1663 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1664 vFlash packet is received.
1665 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1666 @end deffn
1667
1668 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1669 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1670 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1671 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1672 for flash programming to work.
1673 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1674 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1675 @end deffn
1676
1677 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1678 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1679 by GDB memory read packets.
1680 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1681 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1682 @end deffn
1683
1684 @anchor{Event Polling}
1685 @section Event Polling
1686
1687 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1688 where significant events can happen at any time.
1689 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1690 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1691 or to GDB.
1692
1693 Examples of such events include:
1694
1695 @itemize
1696 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1697 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1698 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1699 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1700 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1701 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1702 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1703 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1704 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1705 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1706 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1707 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1708 @end itemize
1709
1710 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1711 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1712 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1713 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1714 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1715
1716 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1717 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1718 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1719 to the various active targets.
1720 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1721 which is normally done in the background.
1722
1723 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1724 Poll the current target for its current state.
1725 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1726 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1727 specific information about the current state is printed.
1728 An optional parameter
1729 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1730
1731 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1732 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1733 @example
1734 > poll
1735 background polling: on
1736 target state: halted
1737 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1738 current mode: Supervisor
1739 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1740 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1741 >
1742 @end example
1743 @end deffn
1744
1745 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1746 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1747 @cindex config file, interface
1748 @cindex interface config file
1749
1750 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1751 through commands in an interface configuration
1752 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1753 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1754
1755 @example
1756 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1757 @end example
1758
1759 These commands tell
1760 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1761 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1762
1763 @example
1764 # jlink interface
1765 interface jlink
1766 @end example
1767
1768 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1769
1770
1771 @section Interface Configuration
1772
1773 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1774 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1775 more additional commands.
1776
1777 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1778 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1779 target.
1780 @end deffn
1781
1782 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1783 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1784 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1785 @end deffn
1786
1787 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1788 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1789 @end deffn
1790
1791 @section Interface Drivers
1792
1793 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1794 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1795 available at run time.
1796
1797 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1798 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1799 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1800 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1801
1802 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1803 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1804 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1805 @end deffn
1806
1807 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1808 Displays status of RTCK option.
1809 Optionally sets that option first.
1810 @end deffn
1811 @end deffn
1812
1813 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1814 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1815 This has one driver-specific command:
1816
1817 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1818 Logs some status
1819 @end deffn
1820 @end deffn
1821
1822 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1823 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1824 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1825 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1826 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1827 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1828 @end deffn
1829
1830 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1831 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1832 @end deffn
1833
1834 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1835 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1836 @end deffn
1837
1838 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1839 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1840 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1841 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1842
1843 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1844 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1845 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1846 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1847 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1848 @end deffn
1849
1850 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1851 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1852 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1853 is connected to the host.
1854 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1855 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1856 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1857 @end deffn
1858
1859 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1860 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1861 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1862 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1863 @itemize @minus
1864 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1865 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1866 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1867 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1868 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1869 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1870 @item @b{luminary_icdi} Luminary In-Circuit Debug Interface (ICDI) Board
1871 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1872 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1873 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1874 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1875 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1876 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1877 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1878 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1879 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1880 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1881 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1882 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1883 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
1884 @end itemize
1885 @end deffn
1886
1887 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
1888 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
1889 default values are used.
1890 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
1891 @example
1892 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
1893 @end example
1894 @end deffn
1895
1896 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
1897 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
1898 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
1899 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
1900 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
1901 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
1902 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
1903 @end deffn
1904
1905 For example, the interface config file for a
1906 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
1907
1908 @example
1909 interface ft2232
1910 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
1911 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
1912 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
1913 @end example
1914 @end deffn
1915
1916 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
1917 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
1918 This has one driver-specific command:
1919
1920 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1921 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1922 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1923 @end deffn
1924 @end deffn
1925
1926 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
1927 Segger jlink USB adapter
1928 @c command: jlink_info
1929 @c dumps status
1930 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
1931 @c sets version 2 or 3
1932 @end deffn
1933
1934 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
1935 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
1936 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
1937 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1938 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1939
1940 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
1941 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
1942 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
1943
1944 @itemize @minus
1945 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
1946 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
1947 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
1948 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
1949 in configuration mode. This is only used to
1950 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
1951 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
1952 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
1953 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
1954 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
1955 some versions of
1956 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
1957 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
1958 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
1959 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
1960 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
1961 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
1962 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
1963 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
1964 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
1965 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
1966 @end itemize
1967 @end deffn
1968
1969 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1970 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
1971 the @file{/dev/parport} device
1972
1973 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
1974 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
1975 you may encounter a problem.
1976 @end deffn
1977
1978 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
1979 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
1980 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
1981 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
1982 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
1983 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
1984
1985 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
1986 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
1987 @quotation Tip
1988 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
1989 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
1990 @example
1991 > parport_toggling_time 1000
1992 > jtag_khz 500
1993 @end example
1994 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
1995 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
1996 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
1997 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
1998 large set of samples.
1999 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2000 @example
2001 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2002 @end example
2003 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2004 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2005
2006 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2007 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2008 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2009 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2010 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2011 @end quotation
2012 @end deffn
2013
2014 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
2015 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2016 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
2017 @end deffn
2018
2019 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2020 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
2021
2022 @example
2023 interface parport
2024 parport_port 0xc8b8
2025 parport_cable wiggler
2026 @end example
2027 @end deffn
2028
2029 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2030 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2031 @c command: presto_serial str
2032 @c sets serial number
2033 @end deffn
2034
2035 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2036 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2037 @end deffn
2038
2039 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2040 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2041 @end deffn
2042
2043 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2044 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2045
2046 @quotation Note
2047 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2048 which are not currently documented here.
2049 @end quotation
2050 @end deffn
2051
2052 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2053 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2054
2055 @quotation Note
2056 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2057 which are not currently documented here.
2058 @end quotation
2059
2060 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2061 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2062 No arguments: print status.
2063 @end deffn
2064
2065 @end deffn
2066
2067 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2068 @section JTAG Speed
2069 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2070 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2071 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2072 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2073 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2074 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2075 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2076 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2077 power management software that may be active.
2078
2079 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2080 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2081 target event handler.
2082 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2083 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2084 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2085 sets up those clocks).
2086 @xref{Target Events}.
2087 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2088 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2089 in the target config file.
2090 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2091 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2092 config file instead.
2093 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2094 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2095 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2096
2097 @example
2098 jtag_rclk 3000
2099 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2100 @end example
2101
2102 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2103 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2104 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2105 may not be the fastest solution.
2106
2107 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2108 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2109
2110 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2111 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2112 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2113 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2114 than the speed specified.
2115
2116 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2117 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2118 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2119 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2120
2121 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2122 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2123 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2124 JTAG clocking after setup.
2125 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2126 If the interface device can not
2127 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2128 @end deffn
2129
2130 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2131 @cindex adaptive clocking
2132 @cindex RTCK
2133 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2134 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2135 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2136 @example
2137 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2138 jtag_rclk 3000
2139 @end example
2140 @end defun
2141
2142 @node Reset Configuration
2143 @chapter Reset Configuration
2144 @cindex Reset Configuration
2145
2146 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2147 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2148 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2149 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2150 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2151 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2152 Please see the various board files for examples.
2153
2154 @quotation Note
2155 To maintainers and integrators:
2156 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2157 Normally the board configuration file
2158 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2159 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2160
2161 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2162 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2163 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2164 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2165 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2166 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2167 @end quotation
2168
2169 @section Types of Reset
2170
2171 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2172 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2173 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2174
2175 @itemize @bullet
2176 @item
2177 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2178 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2179 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2180 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2181 @item
2182 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2183 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2184 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2185 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2186 @item
2187 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2188 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2189 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2190 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2191 @item
2192 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2193 several other types of reset.
2194 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2195 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2196 There may be individual module resets.
2197 @end itemize
2198
2199 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2200 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2201 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2202 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2203 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2204 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2205 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2206 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2207 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2208
2209 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2210 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2211
2212 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2213 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2214 common issues are:
2215
2216 @itemize @bullet
2217
2218 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2219 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2220 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2221 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2222 when either of those signals is not connected.
2223 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2224 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2225 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2226 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2227
2228 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2229 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2230 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2231 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2232
2233 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2234 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2235 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2236 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2237 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2238 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2239 hardware debouncing.
2240 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2241 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2242
2243 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2244 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2245 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2246 to use push/pull output drivers.
2247 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2248 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2249 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2250 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2251
2252 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2253 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2254 issues (not limited to errata).
2255 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2256 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2257 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2258 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2259 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2260 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2261 @end itemize
2262
2263 There can also be other issues.
2264 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2265 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2266 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2267 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2268 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2269 Agreement (NDA).
2270
2271 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2272 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2273 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2274
2275 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2276 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2277
2278 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2279
2280 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2281 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2282 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2283 allowing it to be deasserted.
2284 @end deffn
2285
2286 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2287 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2288 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2289 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2290 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2291 @end deffn
2292
2293 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2294 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2295 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2296 allowing it to be deasserted.
2297 @end deffn
2298
2299 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2300 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2301 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2302 @end deffn
2303
2304 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2305 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2306 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2307 configuration scripts.
2308
2309 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2310 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2311 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2312 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2313 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2314 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2315 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2316 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2317
2318 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2319 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2320 @var{gates},
2321 @var{trst_type},
2322 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2323 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2324 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2325 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2326 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2327 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2328
2329 @itemize
2330 @item
2331 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2332 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2333 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2334 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2335 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2336
2337 @quotation Tip
2338 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2339 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2340 @end quotation
2341
2342 @item
2343 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2344 signal implementations.
2345 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2346 indicating everything behaves normally.
2347 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2348 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2349 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2350 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2351 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2352 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2353 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2354
2355 @item
2356 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2357 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2358 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2359 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2360 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2361 while SRST is asserted.
2362 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2363 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2364 @end itemize
2365
2366 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2367 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2368 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2369 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2370 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2371
2372 @itemize
2373 @item
2374 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2375 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2376 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2377 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2378
2379 @item
2380 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2381 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2382 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2383 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2384 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2385 @end itemize
2386 @end deffn
2387
2388 @section Custom Reset Handling
2389 @cindex events
2390
2391 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2392 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2393 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2394 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2395 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2396 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2397
2398 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2399 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2400 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2401 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2402 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2403 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2404 needs special attention.
2405
2406 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2407 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2408 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2409 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2410 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2411 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2412 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2413 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2414
2415 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2416 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2417 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2418 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2419 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2420
2421 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2422 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2423 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2424 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2425 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2426 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2427 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2428 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2429 or potentially some other value.
2430
2431 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2432 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2433 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2434 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2435 (or their associated targets)
2436 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2437
2438 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2439 they return.
2440 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2441 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2442 @end deffn
2443
2444 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2445 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2446 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2447 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2448 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2449 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2450 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2451 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2452 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2453 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2454 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2455 @end deffn
2456
2457 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2458 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2459 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2460 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2461 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2462 @end deffn
2463
2464
2465 @node TAP Declaration
2466 @chapter TAP Declaration
2467 @cindex TAP declaration
2468 @cindex TAP configuration
2469
2470 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2471 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2472
2473 @itemize @bullet
2474 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2475 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2476 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2477 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2478 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2479 start running that code.
2480 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2481 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2482 and missing connections
2483 @end itemize
2484
2485 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2486 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2487 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2488 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2489 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2490
2491 @section Scan Chains
2492 @cindex scan chain
2493
2494 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2495 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2496 They also need to be added to
2497 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2498 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2499 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2500 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2501 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2502 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2503 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2504 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2505
2506 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2507 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2508 command, presented in the next chapter.
2509 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2510 debugging targets.)
2511 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2512
2513 @verbatim
2514 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask Instr
2515 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------ -----
2516 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0 0 0x...
2517 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x1 0 0xc
2518 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0 0 0xff
2519 @end verbatim
2520
2521 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2522 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2523 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2524 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2525 until they are told to do so.
2526
2527 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2528 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2529 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2530 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2531
2532 @example
2533 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2534 @end example
2535
2536 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2537 by a given chip.
2538 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2539 and so forth.
2540 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2541 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2542 a single chip and between them.
2543 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2544
2545 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2546 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2547 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2548 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2549 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2550 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2551 includes commands something like this:
2552
2553 @example
2554 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2555 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2556 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2557 @end example
2558
2559 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2560 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2561 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2562
2563 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2564 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2565 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2566 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2567 @example
2568 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2569 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2570 @}
2571 @end example
2572 @end deffn
2573
2574 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2575 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2576 and their status.
2577 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2578 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2579 but systems with a JTAG router can
2580 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2581 In addition to the enable/disable status, the contents of
2582 each TAP's instruction register can also change.
2583 @end deffn
2584
2585 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2586 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2587
2588 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2589 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2590
2591 @section TAP Names
2592 @cindex dotted name
2593
2594 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2595 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2596 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2597 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2598 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2599 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2600 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2601 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2602
2603 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2604 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2605 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2606
2607 @quotation Tip
2608 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2609 This feature is still present.
2610 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2611 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2612 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2613 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2614 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2615 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2616 @end quotation
2617
2618 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2619
2620 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2621 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2622 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2623 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2624 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2625
2626 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2627 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2628 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2629 overridable.
2630
2631 @cindex TAP naming convention
2632 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2633 and should follow this convention:
2634
2635 @itemize @bullet
2636 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2637 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2638 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2639 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2640 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2641 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2642 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2643 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2644 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2645 with a single TAP;
2646 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2647 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2648 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2649 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2650 @end itemize
2651
2652 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2653
2654 @itemize @bullet
2655 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2656 @*The length in bits of the
2657 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2658 @end itemize
2659
2660 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2661
2662 @itemize @bullet
2663 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2664 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2665 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2666 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2667 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2668 (the TAP is linked in).
2669 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2670 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2671 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2672 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2673 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2674 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2675 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2676 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2677 values that were found but not included in the list.
2678
2679 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2680 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2681 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2682 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2683 hardware to find these values.
2684 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2685 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2686 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2687 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2688 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2689 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2690 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2691 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2692 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2693 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2694 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2695 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2696 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2697 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2698 @end itemize
2699 @end deffn
2700
2701 @section Other TAP commands
2702
2703 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2704 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2705 At this writing this TAP attribute
2706 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2707 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2708 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2709 See the next section for information about the available events.
2710
2711 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2712 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2713 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2714 @end deffn
2715
2716 @anchor{TAP Events}
2717 @section TAP Events
2718 @cindex events
2719 @cindex TAP events
2720
2721 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2722 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2723 The other applies to debugger targets,
2724 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2725
2726 The TAP events currently defined are:
2727
2728 @itemize @bullet
2729 @item @b{post-reset}
2730 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2731 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2732 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2733 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2734 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2735
2736 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2737 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2738 of any particular target.
2739 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2740 @item @b{setup}
2741 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2742 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2743 @item @b{tap-disable}
2744 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2745 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2746 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2747 @item @b{tap-enable}
2748 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2749 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2750 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2751 @end itemize
2752
2753 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2754 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2755 contents to be accurate), you might:
2756
2757 @example
2758 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2759 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2760 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2761 @}
2762 @end example
2763
2764
2765 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2766 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2767 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2768 @cindex jrc
2769
2770 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2771 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2772 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2773 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2774 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2775
2776 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2777 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2778 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2779 be visible.
2780 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2781 ignores, such as:
2782
2783 @itemize
2784 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2785 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2786 TAPs receive new instructions.
2787 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2788 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2789 @end itemize
2790
2791 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2792 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2793 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2794 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2795
2796 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2797 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2798
2799 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2800 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2801 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2802 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2803 should define TAP event handlers using
2804 code that looks something like this:
2805
2806 @example
2807 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2808 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2809 @}
2810 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2811 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2812 @}
2813 @end example
2814
2815 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2816
2817 @example
2818 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2819 @end example
2820
2821 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2822 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2823 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2824 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2825
2826 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2827 If necessary, disables the tap
2828 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2829 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2830 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2831 and "0" if it is disabled.
2832 @end deffn
2833
2834 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
2835 If necessary, enables the tap
2836 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
2837 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2838 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2839 and "0" if it is disabled.
2840 @end deffn
2841
2842 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
2843 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2844 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2845 and "0" if it is disabled.
2846
2847 @quotation Note
2848 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
2849 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
2850 @end quotation
2851 @end deffn
2852
2853 @anchor{Autoprobing}
2854 @section Autoprobing
2855 @cindex autoprobe
2856 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
2857
2858 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
2859 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
2860 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
2861 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
2862
2863 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
2864 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
2865 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
2866 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
2867 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
2868 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
2869 right when they come out of reset).
2870
2871 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
2872
2873 @example
2874 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
2875 reset_config trst_and_srst
2876 jtag_rclk 8
2877 @end example
2878
2879 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
2880 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
2881
2882 @enumerate
2883 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
2884 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
2885 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
2886 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
2887 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
2888 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
2889 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
2890 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
2891 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
2892 that is discovered.
2893 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
2894 register, it will report it.
2895 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
2896 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
2897 @end enumerate
2898
2899 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
2900 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
2901 that's a bit more complex:
2902
2903 @example
2904 clock speed 8 kHz
2905 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
2906 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
2907 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
2908 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
2909 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2910 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
2911 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
2912 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
2913 @end example
2914
2915 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
2916 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
2917 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
2918 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
2919 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
2920 and so forth.
2921
2922 @node CPU Configuration
2923 @chapter CPU Configuration
2924 @cindex GDB target
2925
2926 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
2927 You can also access these targets without GDB
2928 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
2929 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
2930 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
2931 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
2932
2933 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
2934 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
2935
2936 @section Target List
2937 @cindex target, current
2938 @cindex target, list
2939
2940 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
2941 where each member has a name.
2942 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
2943 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
2944 (plural!) command.
2945 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
2946 look like with more than one:
2947 @verbatim
2948 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
2949 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
2950 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
2951 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
2952 @end verbatim
2953
2954 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
2955 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
2956 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
2957 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
2958 space seen by that current target.
2959 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
2960 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
2961 are examples; and there are many more.
2962
2963 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
2964
2965 @deffn Command {target count}
2966 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
2967 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
2968 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
2969
2970 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
2971 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
2972 @example
2973 set c [target count]
2974 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
2975 # Assuming you have created this function
2976 print_target_details $x
2977 @}
2978 @end example
2979 @end deffn
2980
2981 @deffn Command {target current}
2982 Returns the name of the current target.
2983 @end deffn
2984
2985 @deffn Command {target names}
2986 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
2987 @example
2988 foreach t [target names] @{
2989 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
2990 @}
2991 @end example
2992 @end deffn
2993
2994 @deffn Command {target number} number
2995 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
2996 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
2997
2998 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
2999 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3000 @example
3001 set thename [target number $x]
3002 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3003 @end example
3004 @end deffn
3005
3006 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3007 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3008
3009 @deffn Command targets [name]
3010 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3011 command names are singular.}
3012
3013 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3014 targets in a user friendly form.
3015
3016 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3017 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3018 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3019 @end deffn
3020
3021 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3022 @cindex target type
3023 @cindex CPU type
3024 @cindex CPU variant
3025
3026 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3027 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3028 when calling @command{target create}.
3029 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3030 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3031 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3032 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3033 what core-specific commands may be available
3034 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3035 and more.
3036
3037 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3038 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3039 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3040 worked around in some chip versions.
3041
3042 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3043 since there's a command to list them.
3044 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3045 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3046
3047 @anchor{target types}
3048 @deffn Command {target types}
3049 Lists all supported target types.
3050 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3051
3052 @itemize @bullet
3053 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3054 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3055 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3056 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3057 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3058 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3059 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3060 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3061 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3062 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3063 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3064 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3065 @itemize @minus
3066 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3067 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3068 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3069 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3070 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3071 @end itemize
3072 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3073 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3074 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3075 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3076 @itemize @minus
3077 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3078 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3079 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3080 processor.
3081 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3082 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3083 @end itemize
3084 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3085 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3086 There are several variants defined:
3087 @itemize @minus
3088 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3089 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3090 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3091 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3092 @end itemize
3093 @end itemize
3094 @end deffn
3095
3096 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3097 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3098 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3099 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3100 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3101 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3102 reflect design generations;
3103 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3104 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3105
3106 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3107 @section Target Configuration
3108
3109 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3110 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3111 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3112 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3113 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3114
3115 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3116 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3117 optional parts.
3118 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3119 command, created as part of target creation.
3120
3121 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3122 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3123 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3124 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3125 to be much more board-specific.
3126 The key steps you use might look something like this
3127
3128 @example
3129 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3130 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3131 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3132 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3133 @end example
3134
3135 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3136 on-chip SRAM.
3137 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3138 writes to target memory;
3139 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3140 GDB memory checksumming;
3141 and more.
3142
3143 @quotation Warning
3144 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3145 inaccessible when application code
3146 (such as an operating system)
3147 enables or disables the MMU.
3148 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3149 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3150 easy access to other addresses needed.
3151 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3152 @end quotation
3153
3154 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3155 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3156 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3157 controllers.
3158 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3159 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3160 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3161
3162 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3163 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3164 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3165 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3166 purposes including additional configuration.
3167
3168 @itemize @bullet
3169 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3170 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3171 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3172 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3173
3174 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3175 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3176 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3177 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3178 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3179 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3180 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3181 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3182
3183 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3184 @end itemize
3185 @end deffn
3186
3187 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3188 The options accepted by this command may also be
3189 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3190 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3191 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3192
3193 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3194 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3195 and changing its endianness or variant.
3196
3197 @itemize @bullet
3198
3199 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3200 used to access this target.
3201
3202 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3203 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3204
3205 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3206 @xref{Target Events}.
3207 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3208 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3209 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3210 same event name assigns only one handler.
3211
3212 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3213 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3214
3215 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3216 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3217 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3218 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3219 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3220 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3221 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3222
3223 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3224 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3225 or virtual address is being used.
3226
3227 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3228 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3229
3230 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3231 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3232 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3233 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3234 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3235
3236 @end itemize
3237 @end deffn
3238
3239 @section Other $target_name Commands
3240 @cindex object command
3241
3242 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3243 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3244
3245 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3246 Once a button is created a button
3247 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3248 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3249 configure it like this:
3250
3251 @example
3252 # Create
3253 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3254 # Modify
3255 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3256 # Query
3257 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3258 # Report
3259 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3260 @end example
3261
3262 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3263 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3264
3265 @example
3266 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3267 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3268 @end example
3269
3270 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3271
3272 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3273 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3274 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3275 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3276 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3277 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3278 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3279 They are not otherwise documented here.
3280 @end deffn
3281
3282 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3283 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3284 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3285 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3286 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3287 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3288 the target side uses raw memory.
3289
3290 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3291 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3292 The script orientation comes from working with data
3293 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3294 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3295 and neither store nor return those values.
3296
3297 @itemize
3298 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3299 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3300 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3301 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3302 @end itemize
3303 @end deffn
3304
3305 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3306 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3307 @command{$target_name configure}
3308 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3309 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3310 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3311 There are a few special cases:
3312
3313 @itemize @bullet
3314 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3315 event named @var{event_name}.
3316 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3317 two parameters.
3318 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3319 This is a special case because this is set using
3320 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3321 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3322 @end itemize
3323
3324 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3325 all the targets you might use something like this:
3326
3327 @example
3328 foreach name [target names] @{
3329 set y [$name cget -endian]
3330 set z [$name cget -type]
3331 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3332 $x $name $y $z]
3333 @}
3334 @end example
3335 @end deffn
3336
3337 @anchor{target curstate}
3338 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3339 Displays the current target state:
3340 @code{debug-running},
3341 @code{halted},
3342 @code{reset},
3343 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3344 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3345 @end deffn
3346
3347 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3348 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3349 currently associated with this target.
3350 @xref{Target Events}.
3351 @end deffn
3352
3353 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3354 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3355 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3356 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3357 @end deffn
3358
3359 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3360 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3361 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3362 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3363 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3364 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3365 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3366 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3367 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3368 @end deffn
3369
3370 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3371 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3372 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3373 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3374 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3375 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3376 @end deffn
3377
3378 @anchor{Target Events}
3379 @section Target Events
3380 @cindex target events
3381 @cindex events
3382 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3383 For example:
3384 @itemize @bullet
3385 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3386 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3387 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3388 to set up system clocks or
3389 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3390 @end itemize
3391
3392 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3393 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3394 @command{target create ... -event}.
3395
3396 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3397 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3398 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3399
3400 @example
3401 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3402 echo "Reset..."
3403 reset halt
3404 @}
3405 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3406 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3407 echo "Reset..."
3408 reset halt
3409 @}
3410 @end example
3411
3412 The following target events are defined:
3413
3414 @itemize @bullet
3415 @item @b{debug-halted}
3416 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3417 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3418 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3419 @item @b{early-halted}
3420 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3421 @ignore
3422 @item @b{examine-end}
3423 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3424 @item @b{examine-start}
3425 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3426 @end ignore
3427 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3428 @* When GDB connects
3429 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3430 @* When GDB disconnects
3431 @item @b{gdb-end}
3432 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3433 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3434 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3435 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3436 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3437 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3438 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3439 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3440 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3441 @item @b{gdb-start}
3442 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3443 @item @b{halted}
3444 @* The target has halted
3445 @ignore
3446 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3447 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3448 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3449 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3450 @end ignore
3451 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3452 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3453 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3454 but before SRST alone is re-asserted on the tap.
3455 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3456 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3457 when SRST is asserted on the tap.
3458 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3459 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3460 when SRST is about to be released on the tap.
3461 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3462 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3463 when SRST has been released on the tap.
3464 @item @b{reset-end}
3465 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3466 @ignore
3467 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3468 @* Currently not used
3469 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3470 @* Currently not used
3471 @end ignore
3472 @item @b{reset-init}
3473 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3474 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3475
3476 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3477 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3478 multiplexing, and so on.
3479 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3480 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3481 @item @b{reset-start}
3482 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3483 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3484
3485 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3486 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3487 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3488 @ignore
3489 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3490 @* Currently not used
3491 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3492 @* Currently not used
3493 @end ignore
3494 @item @b{resume-start}
3495 @* Before any target is resumed
3496 @item @b{resume-end}
3497 @* After all targets have resumed
3498 @item @b{resume-ok}
3499 @* Success
3500 @item @b{resumed}
3501 @* Target has resumed
3502 @end itemize
3503
3504
3505 @node Flash Commands
3506 @chapter Flash Commands
3507
3508 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3509 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3510 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3511 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3512 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3513 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3514 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3515 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3516 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3517
3518 Flash Steps:
3519 @enumerate
3520 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3521 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3522 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3523 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3524 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3525 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3526 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3527 @item GDB Flashing
3528 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3529 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3530 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3531 @end enumerate
3532
3533 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3534 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3535 so that it can't boot.
3536 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3537 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3538
3539 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3540 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3541 @cindex flash configuration
3542
3543 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3544 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3545 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3546 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3547 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3548 see the driver-specific documentation.
3549
3550 @itemize @bullet
3551 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3552 in other flash commands.
3553 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3554 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3555 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3556 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3557 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3558 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3559 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3560 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3561 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3562 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3563 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3564 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3565 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3566 commands to the flash controller.
3567 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3568 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3569 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3570 for more information.
3571 @end itemize
3572 @quotation Note
3573 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3574 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3575 @end quotation
3576 @end deffn
3577
3578 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3579 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3580 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3581 Prints a one-line summary of each device declared
3582 using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3583 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3584 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3585 @end deffn
3586
3587 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3588 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3589 depends on the flash type.
3590 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3591 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3592 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3593 but most don't bother.
3594 @end deffn
3595
3596 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3597 @cindex flash erasing
3598 @cindex flash reading
3599 @cindex flash writing
3600 @cindex flash programming
3601
3602 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3603 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3604 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3605 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3606 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3607
3608 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3609 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3610 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3611 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3612 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3613
3614 @quotation Note
3615 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3616 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3617 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3618 back to a flash bank.
3619 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3620 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3621 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3622 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3623 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3624 @end quotation
3625
3626 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3627 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3628 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3629 disabled first.
3630 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3631 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3632 @xref{flash protect}.
3633
3634 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3635 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3636 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3637 up to and including @var{last}.
3638 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3639 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3640 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3641 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3642 @end deffn
3643
3644 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3645 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3646 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3647 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3648 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3649 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3650 @end deffn
3651
3652 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3653 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3654 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3655 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3656 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3657 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3658 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3659 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3660 before issuing this command.
3661 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3662 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3663 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3664 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3665 @end deffn
3666 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3667
3668 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3669 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3670 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3671 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3672 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3673 @end deffn
3674
3675 @anchor{flash write_image}
3676 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3677 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3678 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3679 to the base address for each section in the image.
3680 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3681 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3682 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3683 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3684 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3685 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3686 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3687 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3688 each image segment.
3689 @end deffn
3690
3691 @section Other Flash commands
3692 @cindex flash protection
3693
3694 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3695 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3696 and display that status.
3697 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3698 This is the only operation that
3699 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3700 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3701 to get updated information.
3702 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3703 @end deffn
3704
3705 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3706 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3707 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3708 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3709 @end deffn
3710
3711 @anchor{flash protect}
3712 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3713 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3714 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3715 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3716 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3717 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3718 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3719 @end deffn
3720
3721 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3722 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3723 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3724 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3725 @end deffn
3726
3727 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3728 @section Flash Driver List
3729 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3730 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3731 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3732
3733 @subsection External Flash
3734
3735 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3736 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3737 @cindex CFI
3738 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3739 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3740 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3741 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3742 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3743 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3744 configure a bus and its timings), or
3745 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3746 on the flash chip.
3747 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3748 speed up operation.
3749
3750 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3751
3752 @itemize
3753 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3754 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3755 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3756 @end itemize
3757
3758 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3759 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3760
3761 @example
3762 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3763 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3764 @end example
3765
3766 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
3767 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
3768 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
3769
3770 @example
3771 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
3772 @end example
3773
3774 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3775 @end deffn
3776
3777 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3778
3779 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3780 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3781 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3782 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3783 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3784 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
3785
3786 @example
3787 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3788 @end example
3789 @end deffn
3790
3791 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
3792 @cindex at91sam3
3793 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
3794 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
3795 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
3796 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
3797 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
3798 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
3799 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
3800 chips are confirmed.}
3801
3802 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
3803 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
3804 the following fixed locations:
3805
3806 @example
3807 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
3808 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3809 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
3810 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
3811 @end example
3812
3813 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
3814 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
3815 to the @command{flash bank} command:
3816
3817 @itemize
3818 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
3819 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
3820 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
3821 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
3822 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
3823 @end itemize
3824
3825 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
3826
3827 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
3828 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
3829 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
3830 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
3831 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
3832 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
3833 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
3834
3835 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
3836 modifies that GPNVM bit.
3837 @end deffn
3838
3839 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
3840 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
3841 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
3842 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
3843 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
3844 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
3845 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
3846 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
3847 @end deffn
3848
3849 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
3850 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
3851 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
3852 @end deffn
3853 @end deffn
3854
3855 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
3856 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
3857 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
3858 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
3859 register, and autoconfigures itself.
3860
3861 @example
3862 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3863 @end example
3864
3865 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
3866 provide additional parameters in the following order:
3867
3868 @itemize
3869 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
3870 @item @var{banks}
3871 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
3872 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
3873 @item @var{pages_size}
3874 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
3875 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
3876 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
3877 @end itemize
3878
3879 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
3880 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
3881 will be autoconfigured.
3882 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
3883
3884 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
3885 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
3886 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
3887 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
3888 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
3889
3890 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
3891 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
3892 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
3893 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
3894 are not truly general purpose).
3895 @quotation Note
3896 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
3897 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
3898 @end quotation
3899 @end deffn
3900 @end deffn
3901
3902 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
3903 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
3904 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
3905 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
3906 @end deffn
3907
3908 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
3909 @emph{No idea what this is...}
3910 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
3911 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
3912 and executed.
3913 @end deffn
3914
3915 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
3916 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
3917 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
3918
3919 @quotation Note
3920 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
3921 driver:
3922 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
3923 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
3924 @end quotation
3925
3926 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
3927 which must appear in the following order:
3928
3929 @itemize
3930 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
3931 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
3932 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
3933 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
3934 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
3935 at which the core is running
3936 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
3937 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
3938 @end itemize
3939
3940 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
3941
3942 @example
3943 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
3944 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
3945 @end example
3946
3947 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
3948 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
3949 the specified flash @var{bank}.
3950 @end deffn
3951 @end deffn
3952
3953 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
3954 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
3955 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
3956 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
3957 the programming clock rate in Hz.
3958 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
3959
3960 @example
3961 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
3962 @end example
3963 @end deffn
3964
3965 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
3966 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
3967 from NXP.
3968
3969 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
3970 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
3971 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
3972 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
3973 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
3974 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
3975 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
3976 you start the PLL.
3977
3978 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
3979
3980 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
3981 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
3982 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
3983
3984 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
3985 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
3986 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
3987 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
3988 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
3989 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
3990 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
3991
3992 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
3993 @example
3994 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
3995 @end example
3996
3997 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
3998 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
3999 @code{flash banks} command.
4000
4001 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4002 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4003 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4004 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4005 a known signature.
4006 Example:
4007 @example
4008 lpc2900 signature 0
4009 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4010 @end example
4011 @end deffn
4012
4013 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4014 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4015 saves it to a file in binary format.
4016 Example:
4017 @example
4018 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4019 @end example
4020 @end deffn
4021
4022 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4023 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4024 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4025 command:
4026
4027 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4028 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4029 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4030 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4031
4032 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4033 Example:
4034 @example
4035 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4036 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4037 @end example
4038 @end deffn
4039
4040 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4041 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4042 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4043 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4044 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4045 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4046 912 bytes.
4047 @quotation Attention
4048 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4049 @end quotation
4050 Example:
4051 @example
4052 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4053 @end example
4054 @end deffn
4055
4056 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4057 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4058 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4059 after the next power cycle.
4060 @quotation Attention
4061 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4062 @end quotation
4063 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4064 Example:
4065 @example
4066 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4067 flash info 0
4068 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4069 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4070 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4071 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4072 @end example
4073 @end deffn
4074
4075 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4076 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4077 effective after the next power cycle.
4078 @quotation Attention
4079 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4080 @end quotation
4081 Examples:
4082 @example
4083 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4084 @end example
4085 @end deffn
4086 @end deffn
4087
4088 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4089 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4090
4091 @example
4092 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4093 @end example
4094 @end deffn
4095
4096 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4097 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4098 and integrate flash memory.
4099 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4100
4101 @example
4102 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4103 @end example
4104
4105 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4106 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4107 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4108 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4109 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4110 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4111 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4112 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4113 @end deffn
4114 @end deffn
4115
4116 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4117 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4118 Texas Instruments
4119 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4120 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4121 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4122 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4123 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4124 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4125
4126 @example
4127 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4128 @end example
4129 @end deffn
4130
4131 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4132 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4133 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4134 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4135 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4136
4137 @example
4138 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4139 @end example
4140
4141 Some stm32x-specific commands
4142 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4143 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4144 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4145 are defined:
4146
4147 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4148 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4149 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4150 @end deffn
4151
4152 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4153 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4154 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4155 @end deffn
4156
4157 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4158 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4159 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4160 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4161 @end deffn
4162
4163 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4164 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4165 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4166 @end deffn
4167 @end deffn
4168
4169 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4170 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4171 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4172 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4173 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4174
4175 @example
4176 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4177 @end example
4178
4179 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4180 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4181 for the specified flash bank.
4182 @end deffn
4183 @end deffn
4184
4185 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4186 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4187 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4188 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4189 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4190
4191 @example
4192 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4193 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4194 @end example
4195
4196 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4197 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4198 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4199
4200 @itemize @bullet
4201 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4202 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4203 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4204 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4205 @end itemize
4206 @end deffn
4207
4208 @end deffn
4209
4210 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4211 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4212 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4213 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4214
4215 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4216
4217 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4218 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4219 @end deffn
4220
4221 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4222 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4223 @end deffn
4224
4225 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4226 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4227 the flash clock.
4228 @end deffn
4229 @end deffn
4230
4231 @subsection str9xpec driver
4232 @cindex str9xpec
4233
4234 Here is some background info to help
4235 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4236 the str9:
4237 @enumerate
4238 @item
4239 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4240 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4241 @item
4242 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4243 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4244 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4245 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4246 @end enumerate
4247
4248 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4249 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4250 configured for flash bank 0.
4251 @example
4252 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4253 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4254 jtag_reset 0 1
4255 # turn off target polling
4256 poll off
4257 # disable str9 core
4258 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4259 # read option bytes
4260 str9xpec options_read 0
4261 # re-enable str9 core
4262 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4263 poll on
4264 reset halt
4265 @end example
4266 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4267 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4268 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4269 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4270
4271 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4272 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4273 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4274 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4275 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4276
4277 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4278
4279 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4280 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4281 @end deffn
4282
4283 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4284 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4285 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4286 @end deffn
4287
4288 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4289 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4290 erase the device.
4291 @end deffn
4292
4293 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4294 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4295 @end deffn
4296
4297 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4298 Configure str9 boot bank.
4299 @end deffn
4300
4301 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4302 Configure str9 lvd source.
4303 @end deffn
4304
4305 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4306 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4307 @end deffn
4308
4309 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4310 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4314 Read str9 option bytes.
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4318 Write str9 option bytes.
4319 @end deffn
4320
4321 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4322 unlock str9 device.
4323 @end deffn
4324
4325 @end deffn
4326
4327
4328 @section mFlash
4329
4330 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4331 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4332
4333 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4334 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4335 address @var{base}.
4336 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4337 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4338
4339 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4340
4341 @example
4342 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4343 @end example
4344
4345 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4346
4347 @example
4348 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4349 @end example
4350 @end deffn
4351
4352 @subsection mFlash commands
4353 @cindex mFlash commands
4354
4355 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4356 Configure mflash PLL.
4357 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4358 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4359 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4360 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4361 @end deffn
4362
4363 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4364 Configure bootable option.
4365 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4366 (4kB) for boot.
4367 @end deffn
4368
4369 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4370 Configure storage information.
4371 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4372 written.
4373 @end deffn
4374
4375 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4376 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4377 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4378 @end deffn
4379
4380 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4381 Probe mflash.
4382 @end deffn
4383
4384 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4385 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4386 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4387 @end deffn
4388
4389 @node NAND Flash Commands
4390 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4391 @cindex NAND
4392
4393 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4394 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4395 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4396
4397 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4398 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4399 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4400 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4401 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4402 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4403
4404 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4405 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4406 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4407 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4408 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4409 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4410 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4411 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4412 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4413 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4414
4415 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4416 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4417 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4418 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4419 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4420 every 512 bytes of data.
4421
4422 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4423 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4424 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4425 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4426 ECC mode is used.
4427
4428 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4429 @enumerate
4430 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4431 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4432 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4433 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4434 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4435 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4436 to access that device.
4437 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4438 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4439 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4440 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4441 de-brick a board.
4442 @end enumerate
4443
4444 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4445 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4446 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4447 are only 32 bits wide.
4448 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4449 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4450 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4451 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4452
4453 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4454 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4455 @cindex NAND configuration
4456
4457 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4458 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4459 OpenOCD has initialized.
4460
4461 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name controller target [configparams...]
4462 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4463 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4464 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4465 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4466 they were a single (larger) device.
4467 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4468 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4469
4470 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4471 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4472 configuration files, not interactively.
4473
4474 @itemize @bullet
4475 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4476 in other commands.
4477 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4478 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4479 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4480 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4481 commands to the NAND controller.
4482 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4483 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4484 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4485 for more information.
4486 @end itemize
4487 @end deffn
4488
4489 @deffn Command {nand list}
4490 Prints a summary of each device declared
4491 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4492 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4493 @example
4494 > nand list
4495 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4496 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4497 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4498 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4499 >
4500 @end example
4501 @end deffn
4502
4503 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4504 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4505 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4506 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4507 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4508 it with most other NAND commands.
4509 @end deffn
4510
4511 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4512
4513 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4514 @cindex NAND reading
4515 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4516 starting at the specified offset.
4517 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4518
4519 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4520 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4521
4522 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4523 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4524 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4525
4526 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4527 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4528 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4529 method which handled that error correction.
4530
4531 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4532 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4533 @itemize @bullet
4534 @item no oob_* parameter
4535 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4536 @item @code{oob_raw}
4537 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4538 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4539 spare areas associated with each data page.
4540 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4541 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4542 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4543 @item @code{oob_only}
4544 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4545 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4546 spare areas associated with each data page.
4547 @end itemize
4548 @end deffn
4549
4550 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4551 @cindex NAND erasing
4552 @cindex NAND programming
4553 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4554 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4555 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4556 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4557 If those parameters are not specified,
4558 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4559 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4560
4561 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4562 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4563 block marker.
4564 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4565 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4566 @end deffn
4567
4568 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4569 @cindex NAND writing
4570 @cindex NAND programming
4571 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4572 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4573 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4574 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4575
4576 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4577 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4578
4579 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4580 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4581 past the end of the device.
4582 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4583 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4584 if that's being written.)
4585
4586 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4587 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4588 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4589
4590 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4591 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4592 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4593 @itemize @bullet
4594 @item no oob_* parameter
4595 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4596 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4597 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4598 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4599 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4600 @item @code{oob_only}
4601 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4602 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4603 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4604 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4605 @item @code{oob_raw}
4606 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4607 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4608 un-altered OOB.
4609 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4610 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4611 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4612 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4613 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4614 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4615 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4616 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4617 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4618 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4619 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4620 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4621 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4622 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4623 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4624 @end itemize
4625 @end deffn
4626
4627 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4628 @cindex NAND verification
4629 @cindex NAND programming
4630 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4631 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4632 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4633
4634 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4635 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4636
4637 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4638 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4639 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4640 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4641 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4642
4643 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4644 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4645 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4646
4647 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4648 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4649 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4650 be removed in a future release.
4651 @end deffn
4652
4653 @section Other NAND commands
4654 @cindex NAND other commands
4655
4656 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4657 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4658 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4659 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4660 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4661 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4662 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4663 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4664
4665 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4666 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4667 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4668 @end deffn
4669
4670 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4671 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4672 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4673 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4674 status for each block.
4675 @end deffn
4676
4677 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4678 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4679 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4680
4681 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4682 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4683 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4684 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4685 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4686
4687 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4688 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4689 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4690 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4691 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4692 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4693 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4694 @end deffn
4695
4696 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4697 @section NAND Driver List
4698 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4699 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4700 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4701
4702 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4703 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4704 chips from Texas Instruments.
4705 It takes three extra parameters:
4706 address of the NAND chip;
4707 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4708 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4709 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4710 @example
4711 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4712 @end example
4713 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4714 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4715 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4716 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4717 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4718 @end deffn
4719
4720 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4721 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4722 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4723 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4724 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4725 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4726 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4727 @end deffn
4728
4729 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4730 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4731 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4732 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4733 @end deffn
4734 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4735
4736 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4737 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4738 parameter: the address of the controller.
4739 @example
4740 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4741 @end example
4742 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4743 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4744 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4745 change any behavior.
4746 @end deffn
4747
4748 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4749 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
4750 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
4751 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
4752 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
4753 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
4754 specialized commands.
4755 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4756 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4757 change any behavior.
4758 @end deffn
4759
4760 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
4761 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
4762 @cindex PLD
4763 @cindex FPGA
4764
4765 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
4766 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
4767 OpenOCD can support programming them.
4768 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
4769 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
4770 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
4771 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
4772
4773 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
4774
4775 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
4776 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
4777 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
4778
4779 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
4780 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
4781
4782 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
4783 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
4784 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
4785 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
4786 behavior.
4787 @end deffn
4788
4789 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
4790 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
4791 @end deffn
4792
4793 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
4794 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
4795 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
4796 @end deffn
4797
4798 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
4799
4800 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
4801 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
4802 that particular type of PLD.
4803
4804 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
4805 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
4806 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
4807 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
4808 and one driver-specific command is defined.
4809
4810 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
4811 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
4812 for FPGA @var{num}.
4813 @end deffn
4814 @end deffn
4815
4816 @node General Commands
4817 @chapter General Commands
4818 @cindex commands
4819
4820 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
4821 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
4822 commands are documented elsewhere.
4823
4824 Intent:
4825 @itemize @bullet
4826 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
4827 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
4828 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
4829 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
4830
4831 @item @b{From the human}
4832 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
4833 or via GDB (default port 3333).
4834
4835 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
4836 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
4837 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
4838
4839 @item @b{Machine Interface}
4840 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
4841 port is 5555.
4842 @end itemize
4843
4844
4845 @section Daemon Commands
4846
4847 @deffn {Command} exit
4848 Exits the current telnet session.
4849 @end deffn
4850
4851 @c note EXTREMELY ANNOYING word wrap at column 75
4852 @c even when lines are e.g. 100+ columns ...
4853 @c coded in startup.tcl
4854 @deffn {Command} help [string]
4855 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
4856 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
4857 Not every command provides helptext.
4858 @end deffn
4859
4860 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
4861 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
4862 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
4863 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
4864 Useful in connection with script files
4865 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
4866 @end deffn
4867
4868 @deffn Command shutdown
4869 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
4870 @end deffn
4871
4872 @anchor{debug_level}
4873 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
4874 @cindex message level
4875 Display debug level.
4876 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
4877 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
4878 Level 0 is error messages only;
4879 level 1 adds warnings;
4880 level 2 adds informational messages;
4881 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
4882 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
4883 the command line along with the location of that log
4884 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
4885 @xref{Running}.
4886 @end deffn
4887
4888 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4889 Default disabled.
4890 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
4891
4892 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
4893 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
4894 individually overridden.
4895
4896 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
4897 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
4898 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
4899
4900 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
4901
4902 @example
4903 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
4904 @end example
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn Command echo message
4908 Logs a message at "user" priority.
4909 Output @var{message} to stdout.
4910 @example
4911 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
4912 @end example
4913 @end deffn
4914
4915 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
4916 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
4917 the initial log output channel is stderr.
4918 @end deffn
4919
4920 @anchor{Target State handling}
4921 @section Target State handling
4922 @cindex reset
4923 @cindex halt
4924 @cindex target initialization
4925
4926 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
4927 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
4928 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
4929 a current target which is used to perform the
4930 various operations. The current target may be changed
4931 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
4932 target which should become current.
4933
4934 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
4935 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
4936
4937 @emph{With no arguments}:
4938 list all available registers for the current target,
4939 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
4940
4941 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
4942
4943 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
4944
4945 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
4946 Debug and trace infrastructure:
4947
4948 @example
4949 > reg
4950 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty: 1, valid: 1)
4951 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
4952 (2) r2 (/32): 0x00022551 (dirty: 0, valid: 1)
4953 ...
4954 (164) ETM_CONTEXTID_COMPARATOR_MASK (/32): \
4955 0x00000000 (dirty: 0, valid: 0)
4956 >
4957 @end example
4958 @end deffn
4959
4960 @deffn Command halt [ms]
4961 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
4962 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
4963 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
4964 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
4965 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
4966 (and enter debug mode).
4967 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
4968
4969 @quotation Warning
4970 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
4971 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
4972 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
4973 power mode by gating the core clock;
4974 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
4975
4976 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
4977 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
4978 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
4979 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
4980 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
4981 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
4982
4983 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
4984 work with a JTAG debugger.
4985 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
4986 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
4987 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
4988 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
4989 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
4990 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
4991 @end quotation
4992
4993 @end deffn
4994
4995 @deffn Command resume [address]
4996 Resume the target at its current code position,
4997 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
4998 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001 @deffn Command step [address]
5002 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5003 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5004 @end deffn
5005
5006 @anchor{Reset Command}
5007 @deffn Command reset
5008 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5009 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5010 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5011 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5012 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5013 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5014
5015 The optional parameter specifies what should
5016 happen after the reset.
5017 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5018 The other options will not work on all systems.
5019 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5020
5021 @itemize @minus
5022 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5023 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5024 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5025 @end itemize
5026 @end deffn
5027
5028 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5029 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5030 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5031 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5032 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5033 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5034 state.
5035 @end deffn
5036
5037 @section I/O Utilities
5038
5039 These commands are available when
5040 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5041 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5042 notably the ZY1000.
5043 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5044
5045 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5046
5047 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5048 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5049 the text file @file{filename}.
5050 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5051 The last string is followed by a newline.
5052 @end deffn
5053
5054 @deffn Command cat filename
5055 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5056 @end deffn
5057
5058 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5059 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5060 into @file{dest_filename}.
5061 @end deffn
5062
5063 @deffn Command ip
5064 @emph{No description provided.}
5065 @end deffn
5066
5067 @deffn Command ls
5068 @emph{No description provided.}
5069 @end deffn
5070
5071 @deffn Command mac
5072 @emph{No description provided.}
5073 @end deffn
5074
5075 @deffn Command meminfo
5076 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5077 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 @deffn Command peek
5081 @emph{No description provided.}
5082 @end deffn
5083
5084 @deffn Command poke
5085 @emph{No description provided.}
5086 @end deffn
5087
5088 @deffn Command rm filename
5089 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5090 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5091 @end deffn
5092
5093 @deffn Command trunc filename
5094 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5095 @end deffn
5096
5097 @anchor{Memory access}
5098 @section Memory access commands
5099 @cindex memory access
5100
5101 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5102 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5103 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5104 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5105
5106 @enumerate
5107 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5108 to change the current target.
5109 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5110 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5111 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5112 @end enumerate
5113
5114 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5115 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5116 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5117 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5118 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5119 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5120 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5121 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5122 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5123 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5124 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5125 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5126 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5127 @end deffn
5128
5129 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5130 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5131 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5132 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5133 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5134 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5135 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5136 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5137 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5138 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5139 @end deffn
5140
5141
5142 @anchor{Image access}
5143 @section Image loading commands
5144 @cindex image loading
5145 @cindex image dumping
5146
5147 @anchor{dump_image}
5148 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5149 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5150 binary file named @var{filename}.
5151 @end deffn
5152
5153 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5154 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5155 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5156 @end deffn
5157
5158 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5159 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5160 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5161 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5162 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5163 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5164 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5165 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5166 separately.
5167 @end deffn
5168
5169 @anchor{load_image}
5170 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5171 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5172 The file format may optionally be specified
5173 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5174 @end deffn
5175
5176 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5177 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5178 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5179 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5180 The file format may optionally be specified
5181 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5182 @end deffn
5183
5184 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5185 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5186 The file format may optionally be specified
5187 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5188 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5189 @end deffn
5190
5191
5192 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5193 @cindex breakpoint
5194 @cindex watchpoint
5195
5196 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5197 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5198 watchpoints.
5199 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5200
5201 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5202 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5203 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5204 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5205 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5206 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5207
5208 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5209 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5210 @end deffn
5211
5212 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5213 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5214 @end deffn
5215
5216 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5217 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5218 @end deffn
5219
5220 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5221 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5222 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5223 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5224 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5225 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5226 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5227 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5228 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5229 @end deffn
5230
5231 @section Misc Commands
5232
5233 @cindex profiling
5234 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5235 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5236 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5237 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5238 @end deffn
5239
5240 @deffn Command {version}
5241 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5242 @end deffn
5243
5244 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5245 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5246 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5247 @end deffn
5248
5249 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5250 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5251 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5252 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5253
5254 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5255 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5256 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5257 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5258
5259 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5260 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5261 @cindex tracing
5262 @cindex ETM
5263 @cindex ETB
5264
5265 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5266 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5267 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5268
5269 @itemize
5270 @item
5271 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5272 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5273 supports such an interface.
5274 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5275 and trace port support.)
5276 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5277 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5278 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5279 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5280 in the board-specific configuration file.
5281 @item
5282 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5283 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5284 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5285 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5286 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5287 @end itemize
5288
5289 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5290
5291 @quotation Issues
5292 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5293 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5294
5295 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5296 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5297 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5298 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5299 dummy trace port driver}.
5300
5301 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5302 as well as tracing only during specific states
5303 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5304
5305 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5306 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5307 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5308 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5309 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5310
5311 At this writing (September 2009) only ARM7 and ARM9 support
5312 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5313 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5314 this original style of JTAG access.
5315 @end quotation
5316
5317 @subsection ETM Configuration
5318 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5319
5320 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5321 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5322 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5323
5324 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5325 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5326 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5327 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5328 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5329 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5330 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5331 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5332 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5333
5334 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5335 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5336 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5337
5338 @quotation Warning
5339 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5340 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5341 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5342 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5343 @end quotation
5344
5345 @quotation Note
5346 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5347 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5348 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5349 what CPU activities are traced.
5350 @end quotation
5351 @end deffn
5352
5353 @deffn Command {etm info}
5354 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5355 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5356 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5357 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5358 @end deffn
5359
5360 @deffn Command {etm status}
5361 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5362 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5363 Did trace data overflow?
5364 Was it triggered?
5365 @end deffn
5366
5367 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5368 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5369 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5370 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5371 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5372
5373 @itemize
5374 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5375 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5376 The value is one of
5377 @option{none} (save nothing),
5378 @option{data} (save data),
5379 @option{address} (save addresses),
5380 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5381 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5382 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5383 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5384 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5385 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5386 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5387 trace stream without an image of the code.
5388 @end itemize
5389 @end deffn
5390
5391 @deffn Command {etm trigger_percent} [percent]
5392 This displays, or optionally changes, the trace port driver's
5393 behavior after the ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5394 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5395 trace trigger becomes active.
5396
5397 @itemize
5398 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5399 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5400 afterwards.
5401 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5402 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5403 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5404 what caused that event to happen.
5405 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5406 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5407 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5408 how the event caused trouble.
5409 @end itemize
5410 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5411 @end deffn
5412
5413 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5414
5415 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5416 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5417 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5418
5419 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5420 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5421 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5422 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5423 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5424 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5425 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5426
5427 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5428
5429 @itemize
5430 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5431 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5432 for instruction access within that function's body.
5433 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5434 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5435 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5436 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5437 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5438 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5439 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5440 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5441 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5442 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5443 @item @emph{... more}
5444 @end itemize
5445
5446 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5447 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5448
5449 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5450 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5451 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5452 @end deffn
5453
5454 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5455 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5456 @end deffn
5457
5458 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5459 Opens an image file.
5460 @end deffn
5461
5462 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5463 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5464 @end deffn
5465
5466 @deffn Command {etm start}
5467 Starts trace data collection.
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5471 Stops trace data collection.
5472 @end deffn
5473
5474 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5475 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5476
5477 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5478
5479 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5480 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5481 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5482 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5483 any trace data collection.}
5484 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5485 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5486 @end deffn
5487 @end deffn
5488
5489 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5490 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5491 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5492 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5493 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5494 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5495 @end deffn
5496 @end deffn
5497
5498 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5499 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5500 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5501 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5502 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5503
5504 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5505 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5506
5507 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5508 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5509 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5510 @end deffn
5511
5512 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5513 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5514 @end deffn
5515
5516 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5517 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5518 @end deffn
5519 @end deffn
5520
5521
5522 @section Generic ARM
5523 @cindex ARM
5524
5525 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5526 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5527 commands that may be available.
5528
5529 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5530 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5531 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5532 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5533 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5534 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5535 @end deffn
5536
5537 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5538 @cindex disassemble
5539 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5540 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5541 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5542 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5543 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5544 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5545 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5546
5547 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5548 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5549 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5550 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5551 with a handful of exceptions.
5552 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5553 @end deffn
5554
5555 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5556 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5557 core mode if necessary. OpenOCD versions before rev. 60 didn't fetch the current
5558 register value.
5559 @end deffn
5560
5561 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5562 @cindex ARM7
5563 @cindex ARM9
5564
5565 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5566 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5567 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 commands,
5568 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5569
5570 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5571 Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5572 instead of breakpoints. This should be
5573 safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
5574 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5575 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5576 @end deffn
5577
5578 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5579 @cindex DCC
5580 Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
5581 amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5582 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5583 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5587 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5588 Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
5589 the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5590 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5591 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5592 @end deffn
5593
5594 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_core_reg} num mode word
5595 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5596 shouldn't use it.}
5597
5598 Writes a 32-bit @var{word} to register @var{num} (from 0 to 16)
5599 as used in the specified @var{mode}
5600 (where e.g. mode 16 is "user" and mode 19 is "supervisor";
5601 the M4..M0 bits of the PSR).
5602 Registers 0..15 are the normal CPU registers such as r0(0), r1(1) ... pc(15).
5603 Register 16 is the mode-specific SPSR,
5604 unless the specified mode is 0xffffffff (32-bit all-ones)
5605 in which case register 16 is the CPSR.
5606 The write goes directly to the CPU, bypassing the register cache.
5607 @end deffn
5608
5609 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr} word (@option{0}|@option{1})
5610 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5611 shouldn't use it.}
5612
5613 If the second parameter is zero, writes @var{word} to the
5614 Current Program Status register (CPSR).
5615 Else writes @var{word} to the current mode's Saved PSR (SPSR).
5616 In both cases, this bypasses the register cache.
5617 @end deffn
5618
5619 @deffn {Debug Command} {arm7_9 write_xpsr_im8} byte rotate (@option{0}|@option{1})
5620 @emph{This is intended for use while debugging OpenOCD; you probably
5621 shouldn't use it.}
5622
5623 Writes eight bits to the CPSR or SPSR,
5624 first rotating them by @math{2*rotate} bits,
5625 and bypassing the register cache.
5626 This has lower JTAG overhead than writing the entire CPSR or SPSR
5627 with @command{arm7_9 write_xpsr}.
5628 @end deffn
5629
5630 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5631 @cindex ARM720T
5632
5633 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5634 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5635 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5636 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5 and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5637
5638 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
5639 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5640 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5641 @end deffn
5642
5643 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5644 @cindex ARM9
5645
5646 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5647 integer processors.
5648 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5649
5650 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5651 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5652 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5653 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5654
5655 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5656 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5657 @cindex vector_catch
5658 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5659 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5660 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5661 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5662 to those hardware vectors.
5663
5664 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5665 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5666 vector catch hardware to intercept
5667 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5668 @option{none} of them,
5669 or a list with one or more of the following:
5670 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5671 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5672 @end deffn
5673
5674 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5675 @cindex ARM920T
5676
5677 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5678 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5679 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5680 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5681 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5682
5683 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5684 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5685 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5686 @end deffn
5687
5688 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5689 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5690 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5691 @end deffn
5692
5693 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5694 Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
5695 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5696 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5697 or using zero if no other address is not provided.
5698 @end deffn
5699
5700 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5701 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
5702 @end deffn
5703
5704 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
5705 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
5706 @end deffn
5707
5708 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
5709 @cindex ARM926ej-s
5710
5711 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
5712 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
5713 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
5714 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5715 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5716
5717 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
5718 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
5719
5720 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
5721 Print information about the caches found.
5722 @end deffn
5723
5724 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cp15} opcode1 opcode2 CRn CRm regnum [value]
5725 Accesses cp15 register @var{regnum} using
5726 @var{opcode1}, @var{opcode2}, @var{CRn}, and @var{CRm}.
5727 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5728 Else that register is read and displayed.
5729 @end deffn
5730
5731 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
5732 @cindex ARM966E
5733
5734 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
5735 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5736 They are available in addition to the ARMv4/5, ARM7/ARM9,
5737 and ARM9TDMI commands.
5738
5739 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
5740 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5741 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5742 @end deffn
5743
5744 @subsection XScale specific commands
5745 @cindex XScale
5746
5747 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
5748
5749 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
5750 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
5751 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
5752 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
5753 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
5754 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
5755 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
5756
5757 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
5758 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
5759 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
5760 vector_table} command.
5761
5762 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
5763 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
5764 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
5765 code layout in memory:
5766 @example
5767 _vectors:
5768 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5769 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5770 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5771 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5772 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5773 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5774 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5775 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
5776 .org 0x100
5777 .long real_reset_vector
5778 .long real_ui_handler
5779 .long real_swi_handler
5780 .long real_pf_abort
5781 .long real_data_abort
5782 .long 0 /* unused */
5783 .long real_irq_handler
5784 .long real_fiq_handler
5785 @end example
5786
5787 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
5788 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
5789 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
5790 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
5791
5792
5793 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
5794 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5795
5796 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
5797 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
5798 @end deffn
5799
5800 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
5801 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
5802 @end deffn
5803
5804 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
5805 Displays information about the CPU caches.
5806 @end deffn
5807
5808 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
5809 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5810 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5811 @end deffn
5812
5813 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
5814 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
5815 @end deffn
5816
5817 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5818 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
5819 @end deffn
5820
5821 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
5822 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
5823 @end deffn
5824
5825 @deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5826 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
5827 @end deffn
5828
5829 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5830 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
5831 @end deffn
5832
5833 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
5834 Enables or disables the trace buffer,
5835 and controls how it is emptied.
5836 @end deffn
5837
5838 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
5839 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
5840 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
5841 The image @var{type} may be one of
5842 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
5843 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
5844 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
5845 @end deffn
5846
5847 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
5848 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
5849 @cindex vector_catch
5850 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
5851 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
5852
5853 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
5854 @example
5855 0x01 Trap Reset
5856 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
5857 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
5858 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
5859 0x10 Trap Data Abort
5860 0x20 reserved
5861 0x40 Trap IRQ
5862 0x80 Trap FIQ
5863 @end example
5864 @end deffn
5865
5866 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
5867 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [<low|high> <index> <value>]
5868 @cindex vector_table
5869
5870 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
5871 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
5872 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
5873 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
5874 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
5875
5876 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
5877
5878 @end deffn
5879
5880 @section ARMv6 Architecture
5881 @cindex ARMv6
5882
5883 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
5884 @cindex ARM11
5885
5886 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
5887 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
5888 which is enabled by default. Burst writes are only used
5889 for memory writes larger than 1 word. Single word writes
5890 are likely to be from reset init scripts and those writes
5891 are often to non-memory locations which could easily have
5892 many wait states, which could easily break burst writes.
5893 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5894 @end deffn
5895
5896 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
5897 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
5898 which is enabled by default.
5899 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5900 @end deffn
5901
5902 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
5903 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
5904 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
5905 they are disabled by default.
5906 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5907 @end deffn
5908
5909 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
5910 @cindex vector_catch
5911 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
5912 coprocessor 14 register 7.
5913 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5914
5915 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
5916 for certain hardware events.
5917 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
5918 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
5919 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
5920 @end deffn
5921
5922 @section ARMv7 Architecture
5923 @cindex ARMv7
5924
5925 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
5926 @cindex Debug Access Port
5927 @cindex DAP
5928 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
5929 included on cortex-m3 and cortex-a8 systems.
5930 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
5931
5932 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
5933 Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5934 @end deffn
5935
5936 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
5937 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
5941 Displays id register from AP @var{num},
5942 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5943 @end deffn
5944
5945 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
5946 Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
5947 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
5948 @end deffn
5949
5950 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
5951 Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
5952 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
5953 @end deffn
5954
5955 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
5956 @cindex Cortex-M3
5957
5958 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
5959 @cindex disassemble
5960 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
5961 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5962 @end deffn
5963
5964 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
5965 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
5966 @end deffn
5967
5968 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5969 @cindex vector_catch
5970 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
5971 for certain hardware events.
5972
5973 Parameters request interception of
5974 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
5975 @option{none} of them,
5976 or one or more of the following:
5977 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
5978 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
5979 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
5980 @option{irq_err},
5981 @option{state_err},
5982 @option{chk_err}, or
5983 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
5984 @option{reset}.
5985 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
5986 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
5987 are mapped to HardFault.
5988 UsageFault checks for
5989 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
5990 must also be explicitly enabled.
5991
5992 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
5993 @end deffn
5994
5995 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
5996 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
5997 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
5998 @cindex tracing
5999 @cindex libdcc
6000 @cindex DCC
6001 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software. Currently
6002 @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6003 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6004 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6005 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6006 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6007 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6008
6009 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6010 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6011 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6012 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6013 The target being debugged may
6014 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6015 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6016 each supported by a command:
6017
6018 @itemize
6019 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6020 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6021 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6022 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6023
6024 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6025 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6026 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6027
6028 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6029 and then displayed at any time.
6030 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6031
6032 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6033 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6034 @end itemize
6035
6036 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6037 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6038 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6039 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6040 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6041 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6042 does the same thing.
6043
6044 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6045 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6046 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6047 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6048 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6049
6050 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6051 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6052 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6053 @end deffn
6054
6055 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6056 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6057 in the order they triggered.
6058 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6059 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6060 history records.
6061 @end deffn
6062
6063 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6064 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6065 they have been triggered.
6066 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6067 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6068 and associates it with that identifier.
6069
6070 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6071 are not related except by this command.
6072 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6073 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6074 @end deffn
6075
6076
6077 @node JTAG Commands
6078 @chapter JTAG Commands
6079 @cindex JTAG Commands
6080 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6081 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6082 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6083 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6084 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6085
6086 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6087 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6088
6089 @itemize @bullet
6090 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6091 devices such as a CPUs.
6092 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6093 standard state machine (in parallel)
6094 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6095 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6096 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6097 while the reading previous ones.
6098 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6099 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6100 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6101 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6102 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6103 registers.
6104 @end itemize
6105
6106 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6107
6108 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6109 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6110 the order of TAP state transitions.
6111 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6112 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6113 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6114
6115 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6116 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6117 that specify the entire register.
6118 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6119 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6120 The return value holds the original value of each
6121 of those fields.
6122
6123 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6124 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6125 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6126 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6127 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6128
6129 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6130 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6131
6132 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6133 in that state.
6134 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6135 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6136 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6137
6138 @quotation Warning
6139 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6140 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6141 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6142 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6143 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6144 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6145 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6146 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6147 @end quotation
6148 @end deffn
6149
6150 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6151 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6152 This may be used for performance tuning.
6153
6154 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6155 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6156 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6157 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6158 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6159 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6160 @end deffn
6161
6162 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6163 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6164 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6165 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6166 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6167 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6168
6169 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6170 in that state.
6171 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6172 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6173 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6174
6175 @quotation Note
6176 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6177 register values, unlike data register values.
6178 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6179 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6180 @end quotation
6181 @end deffn
6182
6183 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6184 Set values of reset signals.
6185 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6186 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6187 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6188 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6189 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6190 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6191 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6192
6193 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6194 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6195 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6196 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6197 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6198 instead of the TRST signal.
6199 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6200 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6201 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6202 with handlers for that event.
6203 @end deffn
6204
6205 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6206 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6207 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6208 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6209 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6210 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6211 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6212 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6213 The final state must also be stable.
6214 @end deffn
6215
6216 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6217 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6218 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6219 Instructions often need some time
6220 to execute before they take effect.
6221 @end deffn
6222
6223 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6224 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6225
6226 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6227 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6228 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6229 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6230 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6231 @end deffn
6232
6233 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6234 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6235 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6236 must also be enabled.
6237 Default is enabled.
6238 @end deffn
6239
6240 @section TAP state names
6241 @cindex TAP state names
6242
6243 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6244 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6245 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6246 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6247
6248 @itemize @bullet
6249 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6250 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6251 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6252 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6253 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6254 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6255 through the data register
6256 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6257 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6258 for update or more shifting
6259 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6260 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6261 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6262 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6263 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6264 through the instruction register
6265 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6266 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6267 for update or more shifting
6268 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6269 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6270 @end itemize
6271
6272 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6273 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6274 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6275 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6276
6277 @itemize @bullet
6278 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6279 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6280 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6281 may not be as expected.
6282 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6283 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6284 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6285 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6286 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6287 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6288 @end itemize
6289
6290 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6291 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6292
6293 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6294 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6295 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6296 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6297
6298 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6299 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6300 @cindex SVF
6301
6302 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6303 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6304 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6305
6306 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6307 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6308 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6309 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6310 each command is logged before it is executed.
6311 @end deffn
6312
6313 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6314 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6315 @cindex XSVF
6316
6317 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6318 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6319 Xilinx devices.
6320 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6321
6322 @quotation Important
6323 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6324 @end quotation
6325
6326 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6327 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6328 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6329 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6330 that TAP.
6331 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6332 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6333 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6334 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6335 @end deffn
6336
6337 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6338 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6339 after building the software.
6340 You may find them useful:
6341
6342 @itemize
6343 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6344 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6345 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6346 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6347 @end itemize
6348
6349 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6350 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6351 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6352 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6353 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6354 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6355 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6356
6357
6358 @node TFTP
6359 @chapter TFTP
6360 @cindex TFTP
6361 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6362 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6363
6364 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6365 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6366 server (tftpd). For example,
6367
6368 @example
6369 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6370 @end example
6371
6372 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6373 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6374
6375 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6376 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6377 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6378 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6379
6380 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6381 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6382 @cindex GDB
6383 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6384 to debug remote targets.
6385
6386 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6387 @section Connecting to GDB
6388 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6389 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6390 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6391 errors, which has since been fixed: look up 1836 in
6392 @url{http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/gnatsweb.pl?database=gdb}
6393
6394 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6395
6396 @enumerate
6397 @item
6398 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6399 @example
6400 target remote localhost:3333
6401 @end example
6402 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6403 @item
6404 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6405 @example
6406 target remote | openocd --pipe
6407 @end example
6408 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6409 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6410 session.
6411 @end enumerate
6412
6413 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6414 GDB command line.
6415
6416 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6417 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6418 packet size and the device's memory map.
6419
6420 Previous versions of OpenOCD required the following GDB options to increase
6421 the packet size and speed up GDB communication:
6422 @example
6423 set remote memory-write-packet-size 1024
6424 set remote memory-write-packet-size fixed
6425 set remote memory-read-packet-size 1024
6426 set remote memory-read-packet-size fixed
6427 @end example
6428 This is now handled in the @option{qSupported} PacketSize and should not be required.
6429
6430 @section Programming using GDB
6431 @cindex Programming using GDB
6432
6433 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6434 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6435 @example
6436 gdb_memory_map disable
6437 @end example
6438 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6439 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6440 working area.
6441
6442 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6443 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6444 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6445 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6446
6447 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6448 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6449
6450 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6451 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6452 @example
6453 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6454 @end example
6455
6456 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6457 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6458
6459 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6460 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6461 will be used.
6462
6463 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6464 script can be executed:
6465 @example
6466 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6467 @end example
6468
6469 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6470 can be used.
6471
6472 @node Tcl Scripting API
6473 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6474 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6475 @cindex Tcl scripts
6476 @section API rules
6477
6478 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6479 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6480 information as an argument to each proc.
6481
6482 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6483 pair list and lists.
6484
6485 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6486 list.
6487
6488 @verbatim
6489
6490 > set foo(me) Duane
6491 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6492 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6493 > set foo(duck) Donald
6494
6495 If one does this:
6496
6497 > set foo
6498
6499 The result is:
6500
6501 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6502
6503 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6504
6505 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6506 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6507 }
6508 @end verbatim
6509
6510 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6511 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6512
6513 @section Internal low-level Commands
6514
6515 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6516
6517 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6518 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6519 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6520
6521 @itemize @bullet
6522 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6523
6524 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6525 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6526
6527 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6528 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6529
6530 Return information about the flash banks
6531 @end itemize
6532
6533 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6534 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6535 called "flash_banks".
6536
6537 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6538
6539 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6540 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6541 holds one of the following values:
6542
6543 @itemize @bullet
6544 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6545 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6546 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6547 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6548 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6549 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6550 @end itemize
6551
6552 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6553
6554 @quotation Note
6555 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6556 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6557 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6558 is jim, not real tcl).
6559 @end quotation
6560
6561 @node FAQ
6562 @chapter FAQ
6563 @cindex faq
6564 @enumerate
6565 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6566 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6567 @cindex RTCK
6568 @cindex adaptive clocking
6569 @*
6570
6571 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6572 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6573 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6574 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6575
6576 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6577 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6578 work. There are 2 basic options:
6579 @enumerate
6580 @item
6581 Use a special circuit.
6582 @item
6583 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6584 @end enumerate
6585
6586 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6587 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6588 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6589 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6590 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6591 4kHz.
6592
6593 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6594 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6595 painful.
6596
6597 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6598
6599 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6600 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6601
6602 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6603 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6604 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6605 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6606 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6607
6608 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6609 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6610 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6611 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6612
6613 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6614 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6615 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6616 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6617 with a CPLD.
6618 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6619 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6620 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6621 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6622 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6623 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6624
6625 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6626
6627 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6628
6629 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6630 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6631 depending on the chips on your board.
6632 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6633 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
6634 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
6635
6636 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
6637
6638 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
6639 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
6640 tedious, it is not always practical.
6641
6642 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
6643 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
6644 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
6645 this way.
6646
6647 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
6648 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
6649 clock rate.
6650 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
6651 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
6652 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6653
6654 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
6655
6656 @example
6657 # Example: 1.234MHz
6658 jtag_khz 1234
6659 @end example
6660
6661
6662 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
6663
6664 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
6665 around Windows filenames.
6666
6667 @example
6668 > echo \a
6669
6670 > echo @{\a@}
6671 \a
6672 > echo "\a"
6673
6674 >
6675 @end example
6676
6677
6678 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
6679
6680 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
6681 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
6682 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
6683
6684 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
6685 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
6686 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
6687
6688 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
6689 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
6690 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
6691
6692 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
6693
6694 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
6695 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
6696 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
6697 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
6698
6699 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
6700 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
6701 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
6702
6703 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
6704 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
6705
6706 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
6707 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
6708 memory read caused data abort".
6709
6710 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
6711 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
6712 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
6713 be done, feel free to add this here.
6714
6715 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
6716 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
6717 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
6718 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
6719 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
6720 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
6721 gracefully stops.
6722
6723 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
6724 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
6725 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
6726
6727 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
6728 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
6729 bytes. Painful...
6730
6731
6732 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
6733 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
6734
6735 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
6736 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
6737 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
6738 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
6739 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
6740 reset, everything else should work fine.
6741
6742 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
6743 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
6744 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
6745 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
6746
6747 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
6748 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
6749 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
6750 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
6751
6752 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
6753
6754 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
6755 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
6756 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
6757 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6758
6759 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
6760 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
6761 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
6762 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
6763
6764 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
6765 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
6766 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
6767
6768 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
6769 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
6770
6771 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
6772 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
6773 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
6774 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
6775 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
6776 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
6777 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
6778 clock frequency?
6779
6780 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
6781 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
6782 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
6783 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
6784 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
6785
6786 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
6787
6788 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
6789 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
6790 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
6791 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
6792 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
6793 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
6794 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
6795
6796 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
6797
6798 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
6799 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
6800 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
6801 up DRAM and loading it with code.
6802
6803 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
6804 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
6805 particular order?
6806
6807 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
6808 the same order used by the hardware.
6809
6810 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
6811 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
6812 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
6813 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
6814 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
6815 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
6816
6817 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
6818 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
6819 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
6820 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
6821
6822 @itemize @bullet
6823 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
6824 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
6825 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
6826 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
6827 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
6828 @end itemize
6829
6830 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
6831
6832 @itemize @bullet
6833 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
6834 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
6835 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
6836 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
6837 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
6838 @end itemize
6839
6840
6841 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
6842 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
6843 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
6844
6845 TODO.
6846
6847 @end enumerate
6848
6849 @node Tcl Crash Course
6850 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
6851 @cindex Tcl
6852
6853 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
6854 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
6855 how the Tcl scripts work.
6856
6857 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
6858 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
6859 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
6860 OpenOCD.
6861
6862 @section Tcl Rule #1
6863 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
6864 @enumerate
6865 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
6866 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6867 @end enumerate
6868
6869 The Tcl equal is this:
6870
6871 @enumerate
6872 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
6873 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6874 @end enumerate
6875
6876 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
6877 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
6878
6879 @section Tcl Rule #1b
6880 There is a second pair of rules.
6881 @enumerate
6882 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
6883 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
6884 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
6885 in Tcl.
6886 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
6887 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
6888 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
6889 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
6890 @end enumerate
6891
6892 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
6893 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
6894 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
6895 Everything is a string}
6896
6897 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
6898 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
6899 difference is subtle.
6900 @enumerate
6901 @item Parse Time
6902 @item Evaluation Time
6903 @end enumerate
6904
6905 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
6906 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
6907 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
6908
6909 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
6910 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
6911 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
6912 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
6913
6914 @itemize @bullet
6915 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
6916 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
6917 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
6918 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
6919 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
6920 @example
6921 # bash example
6922 X=`date`
6923 echo "The Date is: $X"
6924 # Tcl example
6925 set X [date]
6926 puts "The Date is: $X"
6927 @end example
6928 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
6929 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
6930 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
6931 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
6932 is a string}
6933 @example
6934 set x "Dinner"
6935 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
6936 @end example
6937 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
6938 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
6939 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
6940 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
6941 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
6942 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
6943 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
6944 @end itemize
6945
6946 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
6947
6948 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
6949
6950 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
6951
6952 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
6953 the normal way.
6954
6955 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
6956 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
6957 line is immedatly executed.
6958
6959 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
6960 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
6961
6962 @subsection Command Execution
6963
6964 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
6965 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
6966 control flow operators.
6967
6968 Commands are executed like this:
6969
6970 @enumerate
6971 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
6972 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
6973 @item Repeat until End Of File.
6974 @end enumerate
6975
6976 It sort of works like this:
6977 @example
6978 for(;;)@{
6979 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
6980
6981 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
6982
6983 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
6984 @}
6985 @end example
6986
6987 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
6988 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
6989 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
6990 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
6991 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
6992 ``LookupCommand()''
6993
6994 @subsection The FOR command
6995
6996 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
6997 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
6998 command just like any other command.
6999
7000 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7001 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7002 are:
7003
7004 @enumerate 0
7005 @item The ascii text 'for'
7006 @item The start text
7007 @item The test expression
7008 @item The next text
7009 @item The body text
7010 @end enumerate
7011
7012 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7013 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7014 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7015 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7016
7017 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7018 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7019
7020 @example
7021 int
7022 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7023 int *argc,
7024 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7025 @end example
7026
7027 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7028 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7029 still operates in the same basic way.
7030
7031 @subsection FOR command implementation
7032
7033 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7034 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7035
7036 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7037
7038 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7039
7040 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7041 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7042 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7043
7044 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7045 expression and returns a value.
7046
7047 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7048 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7049 @example
7050 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7051
7052 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7053
7054 int
7055 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7056 int argc,
7057 char **argv )
7058 @{
7059 if( argc != 5 )@{
7060 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7061 return ERROR;
7062 @}
7063
7064 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7065
7066 // Execute the start statement.
7067 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7068
7069 // Top of loop test
7070 for(;;)@{
7071 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7072 if( i == 0 )
7073 break;
7074
7075 // Execute the body
7076 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7077
7078 // Execute the LOOP part
7079 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7080 @}
7081
7082 // Return no error
7083 SetResult( interp, "" );
7084 return SUCCESS;
7085 @}
7086 @end example
7087
7088 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7089 in the same basic way.
7090
7091 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7092
7093 @subsection source and find commands
7094 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7095 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7096 @*Remember the parsing rules
7097 @enumerate
7098 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7099 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7100 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7101 substituted on the orginal command line.
7102 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7103 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7104 @end enumerate
7105 @subsection format command
7106 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7107 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7108 @b{sprintf()}.
7109 @b{Example}
7110 @example
7111 set x 6
7112 set y 7
7113 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7114 @end example
7115 @enumerate
7116 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7117 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7118 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7119 @* Refer to Rule #1
7120 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7121 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7122 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7123 @end enumerate
7124 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7125 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7126 @example
7127 #1 Good
7128 proc someproc @{@} @{
7129 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7130 @}
7131 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7132 #2 Good - no variables
7133 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7134 #3 Good Curly Braces
7135 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7136 puts "Time: [date]"
7137 @}
7138 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7139 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7140 @end example
7141 @enumerate
7142 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7143 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7144 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7145 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7146 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7147 command.
7148 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7149 @*There are 4 examples:
7150 @enumerate
7151 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7152 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7153 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7154 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7155 @end enumerate
7156
7157 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7158 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7159 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7160
7161 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7162 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7163 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7164 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7165 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7166 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7167 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7168 @end enumerate
7169 @subsection Global Variables
7170 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7171 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7172 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7173 @example
7174 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7175 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7176 global x #Global variable X
7177 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7178 @}
7179 @end example
7180 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7181 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7182 @example
7183 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7184 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7185 # Create var name
7186 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7187 # Make it a global
7188 global $vn
7189 # Set it.
7190 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7191 @}
7192 @end example
7193 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7194 @example
7195 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7196 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7197 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7198 @}
7199 @end example
7200
7201 @include fdl.texi
7202
7203 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7204 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7205 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7206 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7207 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7208 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7209
7210 @printindex cp
7211
7212 @node Command and Driver Index
7213 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7214 @printindex fn
7215
7216 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)